Return to Site | View Calendar | Mobile Version
-- Select Location -- Garden Patio Malta Community Center Malta Community Center - Gym Malta Community Center - Gym, Side 1 Malta Community Center - Gym, Side 2 Malta Community Center Parking Lot Round Lake Nature Preserve Shenantaha Creek Park - Shenantaha Park Story Walk
to   
Show Location

Monday March 27, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session III Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Pickleball - Advanced Novice Pickleball Program Only Session Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
4:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Night Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Tuesday March 28, 2023
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Open Gym Time - Walking Time All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Tot Open Gym
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Tuesdays Beg/Int Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:45 PM - 5:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Pickleball - Tuesdays Night Beg/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Wednesday March 29, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session III Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
1:00 PM - 2:30 PM	18+ Open Gym
2:30 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Thursday March 30, 2023
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Open Gym Time - Walking Time All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Saratoga Volleyball March Rental

Friday March 31, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - The Third Shot 101 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:30 PM - 6:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Ages 12-17 with signed waver All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM	Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.

Saturday April 1, 2023
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates

Monday April 3, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session III Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Pickleball - Advanced Novice Pickleball Program Only Session Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
4:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Night Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Tuesday April 4, 2023
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Open Gym Time - Walking Time All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:45 PM - 5:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Pickleball - Tuesdays Night Beg/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Wednesday April 5, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session III Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
1:00 PM - 2:30 PM	18+ Open Gym
2:30 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Thursday April 6, 2023
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Open Gym Time - Walking Time All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Saratoga Volleyball April Rental

Friday April 7, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - Dinking 101 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:30 PM - 6:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Ages 12-17 with signed waver All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM	Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.

Monday April 10, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Pickleball - Advanced Novice Pickleball Program Only Session Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
4:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Night Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Tuesday April 11, 2023
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Open Gym Time - Walking Time All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Pickleball - Novice Pickleball Mini Program Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
12:00 PM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - pickleball 101 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
1:45 PM - 3:15 PM	Pickleball - The Third Shot 101 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:45 PM - 5:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Pickleball - Tuesdays Night Beg/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Wednesday April 12, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Camp Day at the Malta Community Center - Camp Day Gym Class Session I Camp Day at the Malta Community CenterWednesday, April 12Join us for this spring break program where kids can get a camp day experience.The day will start with a camp game class (fee) and finish with games, crafts and open gym time (free) where kids and their parents can get a taste of Camp Malta.Camp Games Gym Class (fee)This hour-long action-packed class will keep your kids moving with their peers while playing all of their favorite summer camp gym games.  Instructor Chris Scotti is a certified gym teacher and an experienced summer camp supervisor. He enjoys working with kids and he makes learning fun.Games Craft Time K-5 gradeWednesday April 12, 11:00am-1:00pmFree children will need to be accompanied by an adultGames, Crafts and Camp time fun in the fitness room.   Join us and bring your friends for this free time to play all of your favorite games, do a craft and get a taste of Camp Malta.  Everything you need will be provided. Family Open GymK-8Wednesday April 12, 12:30-3:00PMFree children will need to be accompanied by an adult
11:30 AM - 12:30 PM	Camp Day at the Malta Community Center - Camp Day Gym Class Session II Camp Day at the Malta Community CenterWednesday, April 12Join us for this spring break program where kids can get a camp day experience.The day will start with a camp game class (fee) and finish with games, crafts and open gym time (free) where kids and their parents can get a taste of Camp Malta.Camp Games Gym Class (fee)This hour-long action-packed class will keep your kids moving with their peers while playing all of their favorite summer camp gym games.  Instructor Chris Scotti is a certified gym teacher and an experienced summer camp supervisor. He enjoys working with kids and he makes learning fun.Games Craft Time K-5 gradeWednesday April 12, 11:00am-1:00pmFree children will need to be accompanied by an adultGames, Crafts and Camp time fun in the fitness room.   Join us and bring your friends for this free time to play all of your favorite games, do a craft and get a taste of Camp Malta.  Everything you need will be provided. Family Open GymK-8Wednesday April 12, 12:30-3:00PMFree children will need to be accompanied by an adult
12:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Camp Day at the Malta Community Center

Thursday April 13, 2023
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Open Gym Time - Walking Time All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates

Friday April 14, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - Learn to play pickleball 3-week series Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:30 PM - 6:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Ages 12-17 with signed waver All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM	Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.

Saturday April 15, 2023
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates

Monday April 17, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Monday Session III Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Pickleball - Advanced Novice Pickleball Program Only Session Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
4:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Night Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Tuesday April 18, 2023
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Open Gym Time - Walking Time All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold Toning (Tuesdays) Session I ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 7 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
3:45 PM - 5:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Pickleball - Tuesdays Night Beg/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Wednesday April 19, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM	Tiny Movers - Tiny Movers Wednesday Session III Tiny MoversInstructor:  Becky Weyrauch of Rock FitnessTiny Movers is a fitness class for young kids. Coach Becky will teach your kids the skills of listening and motor skills coordination while playing age appropriate games that get your kids moving. In this non-competitive, positive environment the emphasis will be good sportsmanship, perseverance and how to be part of a team. This will become the building blocks for school age sports and the lifelong passion for healthy living.*Parent must stay for the program and will be asked to participate at certain times during class.Children should wear sneakers and bring a water bottle.
1:00 PM - 2:30 PM	18+ Open Gym
2:30 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program- Nights Wed Beginners Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Thursday April 20, 2023
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Open Gym Time - Walking Time All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold (Thursdays) Session I ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 7 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Thurs Beg/Int Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Saratoga Volleyball April Rental

Friday April 21, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball Program Friday Intermediate Session II Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM	Pickleball - Learn to play pickleball 3-week series Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:30 PM - 6:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Ages 12-17 with signed waver All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 7:45 PM	Adult Pick-Up Basketball - Adult Pick-Up Basketball Join in the fun and get some exercise.  Drop in and join in a pick-up basketball game.  Program is open to anyone 18 or older looking to join in a game. Picture ID required to verify age and residency. No pre-registration required.

Saturday April 22, 2023
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	becky

Monday April 24, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Beginners Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Pickleball - Advanced Novice Pickleball Program Only Session Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
4:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball - Mondays Night Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Tuesday April 25, 2023
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Open Gym Time - Walking Time All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
10:30 AM - 11:30 AM	Zumba® - Zumba® Gold Toning (Tuesdays) Session I ZUMBA® Perfect For Everybody and every body! Each Zumba® class is designed to bring people together to sweat it on.How It WorksWe take the "work" out of workout, by mixing low-intensity and high-intensity moves for an interval-style, calorie-burning, dance fitness party. Once the Latin and World rhythms take over, you'll see why Zumba® Fitness classes are often called exercise in disguise. Super effective? Check. Super fun? Check and check.BenefitsA total workout, combining all elements of fitness – cardio, muscle conditioning, balance and flexibility, mobility, boosted energy and a serious dose of awesome each time you leave class.Zumba Dance Fitness with Cathy KopaAn hour of Zumba dance fitness will transport you as you move to music from around the world along with a few songs you know with easy to follow moves, interval training principles working all muscle groups.  The result is an hour of fun and fitness with sweat and smiles guaranteed. And we end every class with a Circl Mobility cool down combining elements of breath work, mobility and flexibility you will leave feeling refreshed, restored, energized and renewed. All levels welcome, no experience needed, modifications shown. Cathy Kopa is a fun high energy licensed Zumba and Circl Mobility instructor with more than 7 years experience teaching Zumba Fitness classes.Zumba Gold with Bernadette Knight Zumba Gold is for the Active older adult who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination. Come ready to sweat, and prepare to leave empowered and feeling strong. The Benefits of the class focuses on all the elements of fitness: cardiovascular, muscular conditioning, flexibility and balance!  This class is taught by Bernadette Knight who is a experienced instructor who makes the class fun and a great place to meet new friends.
12:00 PM - 1:30 PM	Pickleball - pickleball 102 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
1:45 PM - 3:15 PM	Pickleball - Pickleball 101 Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts
3:45 PM - 5:00 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Night Classes Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM	Pickleball - Tuesdays Night Beg/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Pickleball Programs- Indoors at Malta Community Center Pickleball programs will have 24 players on three courts.  Courts are open for two hours where you can play with others of like ability.No Formal Instruction    Must Pre register for entire program   Provide your own paddles.How the Program WorksAll games played will be doubles gamesThere is no assignment to a court based on skill level (see guidelines for player’s skill level below)If courts are occupied, how the next players will proceed will be determined based on the level of play and group size at the time of play.  Games are played to 11-9 pointsBeginners Drop-In Pickleball Only on MondayPickleball players which play at the beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor.  Player should have a general knowledge of the sport and played before.  (prerequisted suggested pickleball 101 or experience playing) Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 amExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR DATES,TIMES AND PRICE  Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Monday Nights 6-8 PMPickleball players which play at the Intermediate level (see level description below) can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pmExact Change in Cash Appreciated. Proof required for residency discount.SEE BELOW FOR PRICE, DATES AND TIMES Skill Levels Definitions based on the USAPABeginnersMinimum Skills NeededThis player is just starting to play pickleball and has some experience playing. Minimal understanding of rules of the game.Beginners/IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed:USAPA 2.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINITIONThis player has limited experience. Can sustain a short rally with players of equal ability. Basic ability to keep score.IntermediateMinimum Skills Needed: USAPA 3.5 PLAYER SKILL RATING DEFINTIONFOREHAND: Improved stroke development with moderate level of shot control. BACKHAND: Learning stroke form and starting to develop consistency but will avoid if possible. SERVE / RETURN: Consistently gets serve/return in play with limited ability to control depth. DINK: Increased consistency, with limited ability to control height/depth. Sustains medium length rallies. Starting to understand variations of pace. 3RD SHOT: Developing the drop shot in a way to get to the net. VOLLEY: Is able to volley medium paced shots thereby developing control. STRATEGY: Moves quickly towards the non-volley zone (NVZ) when opportunity is there. Acknowledges difference between hard game and soft game and is starting to vary own game during recreation and tournament play. Can sustain short rallies. Is learning proper court positioning. Basic knowledge of stacking and understands situations where it can be effective.Pickleball Instructors Gina Family has been playing and studying the game of pickleball for several years. She is a Level 1 certified instructor by the International Pickleball Teaching Professional Association. Gina enjoys assisting and motivating individuals to learn and  improve their skills, discover new techniques and strategies, and achieve their goals in pickleball. Gina has also been a certified personal trainer and fitness instructor for over 30 years. Ed Koivula has been playing competitive tennis since 1990 and playing pickleball for seven years.  He is a Level 1 certified pickleball instructor by Pickleball Coaching International.  He is a 4.5 player that has medaled in tournaments at the local, state and international level. Ed enjoys working with players to improve fundamentals and use them to execute tactics and strategies.  Ed taught tennis as a United States Professional Tennis Registry certified tennis instructor and is currently a NYS certified public High School coach.Learn to Play Pickleball 3-week seriesLearn the fastest growing sport in North America. This 3-week clinic will teach you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. Paddletek paddles and balls are available to borrow. (Beginners with no experience) Week one you will learn the basic game overview, basic footwork, stroke mechanics, serving, and returning. Week two you expand your skills and learn basic court skills, shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line when you’re the receiving team. Week Three you will learn strategies on how to move up to the kitchen line when you are the serving team.Speciality Pickleball ClinicsClinics are 90 minutes long, 60 minutes of instruction followed by 30 minutes of play utilizing the skills you learned unless other wise described. Pickleball 101Learn the fastest growing sport in North America. This class will give you the skills necessary to get started playing doubles Pickleball. You’ll learn the basic game overview, how to keep score, basic footwork and stroke mechanics, serving, and returning.(Beginners with no experience) Pickleball 102This class will take Pickleball 101 one more step. Participants will continue to work on their 101 skills. In addition, you will learn basic court skill;  shot placement, moving with your doubles partner, and when to move up to the NVZ (no volley zone) or kitchen line.Prerequisite: Pickleball 101KEEP THEM BACK! The focus of this clinic will be on improving the return of service by improving your stroke mechanics for your forehand and backhand. You’ll also learn the punch volley and block volley blocking shot at the net to keep your opponent’s back.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  The Third Shot 101Learn one of the most important shots in pickleball to help the serving  team get to the net and win more points. This class will give you the skills to execute a third shot drive, lob or drop shot. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience  Lob retrieval and overhead smashLearn how to safely retrieve a lob or hit an overhead smash without running backwards.Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience   The First 4 Shots  When you hit a short serve, you’re giving a big advantage to your opponent by helping them get to the NVZ in a jiffy. When you send back a short return of serve you’re also giving a big advantage to your opponent by inviting them to the NVZ. Learn how to strategically use the first four shots in pickleball to your advantage and win more points. Prerequisite: Six months of playing experience Pickleball Practice ProgramInstructor: Ed Koivula Have you taken a lesson or clinic and then struggled to find an environment to practice what you learned? This program will provide you with the environment to practice what you’ve learned and perfect your game.  During these practice sessions the emphasis will be put on repetition and development of muscle memory retention.  Drills and games will be facilitated by a certified, advanced instructor who will provide instruction and correction when needed.  These classes are geared towards advanced beginner and intermediate players that are looking to take their game to the next level. Session one will work on ground strokes mechanics/serve and return.  The second session will work on the third shot, drop, drive, lob.  The third session will work on transitioning into the NVZ.  The final session will be all about playing the line and dinking.Novice Pickleball Mini ProgramDo you want to join a pickleball program but not sure if you are ready?  Do you know the basics of pickleball?  Join us for a new program that will let players who are just learning the sport get comfortable enough to join in a free play program.This 4-week session is to get the new players acquainted with how free play works and to work on basic skills with player who have very little experience. Participants must have taken Pickleball 101 or 102. (or similar experience) There is no formal instruction just instructional reminders on how to Serve, Volley, Double-Bounce Rule, Scoring, Player Position for Doubles and Doubles Play Positioning Movements. Private Lessons Available 1-2 people $60 hour3 people $66 hourScheduled on request call the office and ask for Mary to book a lesson.  20 per session        3 courts

Wednesday April 26, 2023
5:15 AM - 6:15 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
6:30 AM - 7:30 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM	Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp - Bootcamp Instructor:  Rebecca Weyrauch AKA: Coach Becky is a certified fitness professional for over 20 years. Her certification & specialty training include AFAA Personal Trainer & Group Exercise, MAD Dog Athletics Spin Instructor, Specialty Training in: Kettle Bell level 1 coach, TRX, Youth Fitness, Bootcamp Fitness, Senior Fitness & Nutrition Coaching. She is passionate about helping her clients of all ages from our littlest in our community in the Tiny Movers program to adults of all ages and fitness levels in the Rock Your Fitness Bootcamp program to  achieve their fitness & nutrition goals.  She truly helps her clients by giving them encouraging support and accountability to get them there. She works with her clients every step of the fitness journey! Rebecca has a saying, "We all have to workout, so let's have some fitness fun while doing so”! Come join in the FUN! Register NOW! Boot CampThis 45-60-minute class is great for any fitness level which will include high intensity intervals mixed with body weight exercises, high rep, endurance, and strength training intervals.  Class will be held inside and outside when weather permits.Bring Your Own Weights, Water, Jump Rope, Yoga MatTo Register Contact Becky at 518-522-9765(If you need above equipment let Becky know at time of registration)If weather permits classes will be held outside and insideEach workout is different preventing boredom and to keep our bodies guessing resulting in the best result!Modifications Always offeredAdvanced options always offered  What to bring to class: water beach towel workout gloves to protect hands from the ground light weights mid-to heavy weights yoga mat jump rope If you need equipment please text or call Rebecca Weyrauch directly at 518.522.9765 to see what equipment Rock Your Fitness can provide.Tuesday Night I 5:30-6:15 P.M.     1/9-2/3Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week /12 classes $128/ 8 classes (must choose days & dates within the session at time of registration) Tuesday P.M.1/10-1/31 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week /4 classes NewSaturday A.M.1/14-1/288:00-8:45A.M.$48/3 classes      2/6-3/3Please note: No classes on 2/20 Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $137 /3x per week /11 classes $112/ 7 classes ( Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration)Tuesday P.M.2/7-2/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New     Saturday A.M.   2/4-2/25  8:00-8:45 A.M.  $64/4 classes3/6-3/31Mon/Wed/Fri 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.3/7-3/28 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New    Saturday A.M.    3/4-3/258:00-8:45 A.M.$64/4 classes  4/3-4/28Mon/Wed/Fri. 5:15-6:15A.M. 6:30-7:30A.M. 9:00-10:00A.M. $150/3x per week/12 classes $128/ 8 classes (Must choose days & dates within session at the time of registration) Tuesday P.M.4/4-4/25 5:30-6:15P.M. $64/1x per week/4 classes New   Saturday A.M.   4/1-4/298:00-8:45 A.M.$80/5 classes    Class held at Malta Community Center, 1 Bayberry DriveTo register text or call Becky at 518-522-9765She will return your message within 24 hours to complete the registration process.
1:00 PM - 2:30 PM	18+ Open Gym
2:30 PM - 5:45 PM	Open Gym Time - Family Open Gym All open gym slots are FREE unless indicated. Bring your own gym appropriate equipment and clean, dry gym shoes.  Please sign in at the front desk upon arrival. We are not staffed with an individual to monitor the gymnasium. Times are broken down by age for risk management purposes. Supervising staff has discretion to alter schedule as they see fit. It is recommended to call prior to arriving due to potential schedule changes. Walking Time: Adults 18+ can walk laps around the gym, 15 laps = 1 mileTot Open Gym: Children 5 and under with supervising adult Family Open Gym: Parent/Adult and children playing together. Children must be accompanied by an adult at all timesAge 12-17 with Signed Waiver: Children ages 12-17 can participate without supervision if they provide a waiver signed by parent.  Waiver found here: https://maltaparksrec.com/forms/6167_waiver_for_minors_using_the_town_of_malta.pdf Open Gym 18+: Must be 18+. Picture ID required.Drop In Pickleball  R$3  NR$5$Beginners Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Day 11:30AM -1:00PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginner’s level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 11:15-11:45 am Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball   Monday Nights 6-8 PM Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructor Registration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 5:45-6:15pm Proof required for residency discount.See Open Gym Schedule for Dates $Beginners/Intermediate Drop-In Pickleball Tuesday Nights 6:30-8:30pm Pickleball players which have experience playing at the Beginners/Intermediate level can drop in for two hours of open play.  The program will be limited to 24 players with 3 courts available.  No instructorRegistration will be taken at the front desk on the day of play from 6:15-6:45Proof required for residency discountSee Open Gym Schedule for Dates